acea rde lessons learned status 05/2017 - europa · acea lessons learned ... devices that require a...

44
ACEA RDE Lessons Learned Status 05/2017 31 st May 2017

Upload: dohanh

Post on 09-Sep-2018

214 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

ACEA

RDE Lessons Learned

Status 052017

31st May 2017

ACEA Lessons Learned

Member States shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS on public roads in accordance with the

procedures under their own national law while respecting local road traffic legislation and safety

requirements

Annex IIIA Paragraph 24

2

Member States shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS on public roads in accordance with the

procedures under their own the national law of the member state where the test is being conducted

while respecting local road traffic legislation and safety requirements

Argument Clarification of the regulation to be applied

Example TNO should perform a RDE test in Germany under the regulation of Germany not under the regulation of the Netherlands

Revised text

Definition of ai is missing

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters and units

ACEA Lessons Learned

3

Argument Argument ai is used in Section 4 of Appendix 6

Revised text

(Copy from Regulation (EU) 2016427)

ACEA Lessons Learned

] Pdrive = 70[kmh]36(7919+073[N(kmh)]70[kmh]+003[N(kmh)sup2](70[kmh])sup2+1470[kg] 045[mssup2])0001

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 342

4

7066[kmh]36(7919+073[N(kmh)]7066[kmh]+003[N(kmh)sup2](7066[kmh])sup2+1470[kg]

0454[mssup2])0001

Argument

Inconsistent with ldquoACT WLTP after ISC V11final - cleanrdquo of December 2016

Argument Inconsistent with ldquoACT WLTP after ISC V11final - cleanrdquo of December 2016

Revised text

Backup

5

ACEA RDE lessons learned

A number of Lessons Learned issues were raised at the COM workshop on 1718th January 2017

bull Several of these have not been addressed by Package3

bull ACEArsquos review ndash facts amp questions ndash in following slides

Status 052017

6

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Article 2 6

lsquoperiodically regenerating systemrsquo means catalytic converters particulate filters or other pollution control

devices that require a periodical regeneration process in less than 4 000 km of normal vehicle operation

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI 381

Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (eg catalytic converter

particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle

operation

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

7

Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (eg catalytic converter particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle operation

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Annex III 3134

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 12

During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not apply If a periodic regeneration occurs

at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once during vehicle preparation it does not

require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not apply

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure If a periodically regenerating device has a

regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000 km it does not require a special test procedure

and the Ki factor may be set to 10 During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not

apply If a periodic regeneration occurs at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once

during vehicle preparation it does not require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not

apply If a periodically regenerating device has a regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000

km it does not require a special test procedure and the Ki factor may be set to 10

Argument The current wording is somewhat illogical and frequently leads to misunderstandings The proposal

reflects the background to the requirements and maintains the concept that a system which regenerates

periodically (rather than continuously) is a periodically regenerating system but if the regeneration occurs every

cycle it will be considered in testing and requires no KI whereby a regeneration period of more than 4000 km

leads to negligible Ki factors which need not be determined

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text

Annex I Point 241 Figure I24

9

ArgumentRegarding PI vehicles PN requirements of RDE are not applied to mono fuel vehicles whose reference fuel is LPG NGBiomethane or Hydrogen Therefore they should be applied to bi-fuel vehicles and the vehicles should be tested with petrol only Regarding CI vehicles Type I test is conducted with B5B7 only Therefore RDE should be conducted with B5B7 only

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Paragraph 1216

10

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads

eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making

the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation

the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Annex IIIA Paragraph 24 - Renumbered to 25

11

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out comparable to the provision in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Argument Article 7(1) is related only to repair and maintenance information

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

3132 The manufacturer shall ensure that the information listed in point 31321 is made available on

a publicly accessible website without costs and without the need for the user to reveal his identity or sign

up The manufacturer shall keep the Commission and Type Approval Authorities informed on the location of

the website

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the

following

Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number as defined in the

Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

The information described below shall be made available for all vehicles in a search

the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 point 39 of Appendix 6 and point

4 of Appendix 7c for all vehicle emission types in the list described in point 54 of Appendix 7 For

NOVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 and if applicable

point 39 of Appendix 6 shall be reported For OVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS test as set out in

point 4 of Appendix 7c shall be reported

the Declared Maximum RDE Values as reported in point 482 of the Certificate of Conformity as

described in Annex IX of Directive 200746EC

Annex IIIA Paragraph 31321

12

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the following Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number Type Approval Number as defined in the Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

ArgumentVIN does not have more information than Type Variant Version and Type approval number

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test

family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described

in point 53 but with a warm engine

Annex IIIA Paragraph 45

13

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described in point 53 but with a warm engine with engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature above 343 K

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods

described in Appendix 7a to this Annex

Annex IIIA Paragraph 541

14

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a and 7b to this Annex

Argument Appendix 7b to be mentioned as well

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Member States shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS on public roads in accordance with the

procedures under their own national law while respecting local road traffic legislation and safety

requirements

Annex IIIA Paragraph 24

2

Member States shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS on public roads in accordance with the

procedures under their own the national law of the member state where the test is being conducted

while respecting local road traffic legislation and safety requirements

Argument Clarification of the regulation to be applied

Example TNO should perform a RDE test in Germany under the regulation of Germany not under the regulation of the Netherlands

Revised text

Definition of ai is missing

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters and units

ACEA Lessons Learned

3

Argument Argument ai is used in Section 4 of Appendix 6

Revised text

(Copy from Regulation (EU) 2016427)

ACEA Lessons Learned

] Pdrive = 70[kmh]36(7919+073[N(kmh)]70[kmh]+003[N(kmh)sup2](70[kmh])sup2+1470[kg] 045[mssup2])0001

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 342

4

7066[kmh]36(7919+073[N(kmh)]7066[kmh]+003[N(kmh)sup2](7066[kmh])sup2+1470[kg]

0454[mssup2])0001

Argument

Inconsistent with ldquoACT WLTP after ISC V11final - cleanrdquo of December 2016

Argument Inconsistent with ldquoACT WLTP after ISC V11final - cleanrdquo of December 2016

Revised text

Backup

5

ACEA RDE lessons learned

A number of Lessons Learned issues were raised at the COM workshop on 1718th January 2017

bull Several of these have not been addressed by Package3

bull ACEArsquos review ndash facts amp questions ndash in following slides

Status 052017

6

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Article 2 6

lsquoperiodically regenerating systemrsquo means catalytic converters particulate filters or other pollution control

devices that require a periodical regeneration process in less than 4 000 km of normal vehicle operation

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI 381

Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (eg catalytic converter

particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle

operation

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

7

Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (eg catalytic converter particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle operation

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Annex III 3134

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 12

During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not apply If a periodic regeneration occurs

at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once during vehicle preparation it does not

require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not apply

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure If a periodically regenerating device has a

regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000 km it does not require a special test procedure

and the Ki factor may be set to 10 During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not

apply If a periodic regeneration occurs at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once

during vehicle preparation it does not require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not

apply If a periodically regenerating device has a regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000

km it does not require a special test procedure and the Ki factor may be set to 10

Argument The current wording is somewhat illogical and frequently leads to misunderstandings The proposal

reflects the background to the requirements and maintains the concept that a system which regenerates

periodically (rather than continuously) is a periodically regenerating system but if the regeneration occurs every

cycle it will be considered in testing and requires no KI whereby a regeneration period of more than 4000 km

leads to negligible Ki factors which need not be determined

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text

Annex I Point 241 Figure I24

9

ArgumentRegarding PI vehicles PN requirements of RDE are not applied to mono fuel vehicles whose reference fuel is LPG NGBiomethane or Hydrogen Therefore they should be applied to bi-fuel vehicles and the vehicles should be tested with petrol only Regarding CI vehicles Type I test is conducted with B5B7 only Therefore RDE should be conducted with B5B7 only

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Paragraph 1216

10

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads

eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making

the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation

the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Annex IIIA Paragraph 24 - Renumbered to 25

11

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out comparable to the provision in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Argument Article 7(1) is related only to repair and maintenance information

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

3132 The manufacturer shall ensure that the information listed in point 31321 is made available on

a publicly accessible website without costs and without the need for the user to reveal his identity or sign

up The manufacturer shall keep the Commission and Type Approval Authorities informed on the location of

the website

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the

following

Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number as defined in the

Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

The information described below shall be made available for all vehicles in a search

the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 point 39 of Appendix 6 and point

4 of Appendix 7c for all vehicle emission types in the list described in point 54 of Appendix 7 For

NOVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 and if applicable

point 39 of Appendix 6 shall be reported For OVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS test as set out in

point 4 of Appendix 7c shall be reported

the Declared Maximum RDE Values as reported in point 482 of the Certificate of Conformity as

described in Annex IX of Directive 200746EC

Annex IIIA Paragraph 31321

12

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the following Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number Type Approval Number as defined in the Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

ArgumentVIN does not have more information than Type Variant Version and Type approval number

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test

family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described

in point 53 but with a warm engine

Annex IIIA Paragraph 45

13

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described in point 53 but with a warm engine with engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature above 343 K

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods

described in Appendix 7a to this Annex

Annex IIIA Paragraph 541

14

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a and 7b to this Annex

Argument Appendix 7b to be mentioned as well

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

Definition of ai is missing

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters and units

ACEA Lessons Learned

3

Argument Argument ai is used in Section 4 of Appendix 6

Revised text

(Copy from Regulation (EU) 2016427)

ACEA Lessons Learned

] Pdrive = 70[kmh]36(7919+073[N(kmh)]70[kmh]+003[N(kmh)sup2](70[kmh])sup2+1470[kg] 045[mssup2])0001

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 342

4

7066[kmh]36(7919+073[N(kmh)]7066[kmh]+003[N(kmh)sup2](7066[kmh])sup2+1470[kg]

0454[mssup2])0001

Argument

Inconsistent with ldquoACT WLTP after ISC V11final - cleanrdquo of December 2016

Argument Inconsistent with ldquoACT WLTP after ISC V11final - cleanrdquo of December 2016

Revised text

Backup

5

ACEA RDE lessons learned

A number of Lessons Learned issues were raised at the COM workshop on 1718th January 2017

bull Several of these have not been addressed by Package3

bull ACEArsquos review ndash facts amp questions ndash in following slides

Status 052017

6

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Article 2 6

lsquoperiodically regenerating systemrsquo means catalytic converters particulate filters or other pollution control

devices that require a periodical regeneration process in less than 4 000 km of normal vehicle operation

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI 381

Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (eg catalytic converter

particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle

operation

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

7

Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (eg catalytic converter particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle operation

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Annex III 3134

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 12

During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not apply If a periodic regeneration occurs

at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once during vehicle preparation it does not

require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not apply

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure If a periodically regenerating device has a

regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000 km it does not require a special test procedure

and the Ki factor may be set to 10 During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not

apply If a periodic regeneration occurs at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once

during vehicle preparation it does not require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not

apply If a periodically regenerating device has a regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000

km it does not require a special test procedure and the Ki factor may be set to 10

Argument The current wording is somewhat illogical and frequently leads to misunderstandings The proposal

reflects the background to the requirements and maintains the concept that a system which regenerates

periodically (rather than continuously) is a periodically regenerating system but if the regeneration occurs every

cycle it will be considered in testing and requires no KI whereby a regeneration period of more than 4000 km

leads to negligible Ki factors which need not be determined

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text

Annex I Point 241 Figure I24

9

ArgumentRegarding PI vehicles PN requirements of RDE are not applied to mono fuel vehicles whose reference fuel is LPG NGBiomethane or Hydrogen Therefore they should be applied to bi-fuel vehicles and the vehicles should be tested with petrol only Regarding CI vehicles Type I test is conducted with B5B7 only Therefore RDE should be conducted with B5B7 only

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Paragraph 1216

10

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads

eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making

the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation

the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Annex IIIA Paragraph 24 - Renumbered to 25

11

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out comparable to the provision in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Argument Article 7(1) is related only to repair and maintenance information

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

3132 The manufacturer shall ensure that the information listed in point 31321 is made available on

a publicly accessible website without costs and without the need for the user to reveal his identity or sign

up The manufacturer shall keep the Commission and Type Approval Authorities informed on the location of

the website

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the

following

Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number as defined in the

Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

The information described below shall be made available for all vehicles in a search

the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 point 39 of Appendix 6 and point

4 of Appendix 7c for all vehicle emission types in the list described in point 54 of Appendix 7 For

NOVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 and if applicable

point 39 of Appendix 6 shall be reported For OVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS test as set out in

point 4 of Appendix 7c shall be reported

the Declared Maximum RDE Values as reported in point 482 of the Certificate of Conformity as

described in Annex IX of Directive 200746EC

Annex IIIA Paragraph 31321

12

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the following Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number Type Approval Number as defined in the Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

ArgumentVIN does not have more information than Type Variant Version and Type approval number

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test

family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described

in point 53 but with a warm engine

Annex IIIA Paragraph 45

13

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described in point 53 but with a warm engine with engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature above 343 K

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods

described in Appendix 7a to this Annex

Annex IIIA Paragraph 541

14

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a and 7b to this Annex

Argument Appendix 7b to be mentioned as well

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

] Pdrive = 70[kmh]36(7919+073[N(kmh)]70[kmh]+003[N(kmh)sup2](70[kmh])sup2+1470[kg] 045[mssup2])0001

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 342

4

7066[kmh]36(7919+073[N(kmh)]7066[kmh]+003[N(kmh)sup2](7066[kmh])sup2+1470[kg]

0454[mssup2])0001

Argument

Inconsistent with ldquoACT WLTP after ISC V11final - cleanrdquo of December 2016

Argument Inconsistent with ldquoACT WLTP after ISC V11final - cleanrdquo of December 2016

Revised text

Backup

5

ACEA RDE lessons learned

A number of Lessons Learned issues were raised at the COM workshop on 1718th January 2017

bull Several of these have not been addressed by Package3

bull ACEArsquos review ndash facts amp questions ndash in following slides

Status 052017

6

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Article 2 6

lsquoperiodically regenerating systemrsquo means catalytic converters particulate filters or other pollution control

devices that require a periodical regeneration process in less than 4 000 km of normal vehicle operation

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI 381

Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (eg catalytic converter

particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle

operation

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

7

Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (eg catalytic converter particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle operation

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Annex III 3134

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 12

During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not apply If a periodic regeneration occurs

at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once during vehicle preparation it does not

require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not apply

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure If a periodically regenerating device has a

regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000 km it does not require a special test procedure

and the Ki factor may be set to 10 During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not

apply If a periodic regeneration occurs at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once

during vehicle preparation it does not require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not

apply If a periodically regenerating device has a regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000

km it does not require a special test procedure and the Ki factor may be set to 10

Argument The current wording is somewhat illogical and frequently leads to misunderstandings The proposal

reflects the background to the requirements and maintains the concept that a system which regenerates

periodically (rather than continuously) is a periodically regenerating system but if the regeneration occurs every

cycle it will be considered in testing and requires no KI whereby a regeneration period of more than 4000 km

leads to negligible Ki factors which need not be determined

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text

Annex I Point 241 Figure I24

9

ArgumentRegarding PI vehicles PN requirements of RDE are not applied to mono fuel vehicles whose reference fuel is LPG NGBiomethane or Hydrogen Therefore they should be applied to bi-fuel vehicles and the vehicles should be tested with petrol only Regarding CI vehicles Type I test is conducted with B5B7 only Therefore RDE should be conducted with B5B7 only

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Paragraph 1216

10

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads

eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making

the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation

the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Annex IIIA Paragraph 24 - Renumbered to 25

11

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out comparable to the provision in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Argument Article 7(1) is related only to repair and maintenance information

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

3132 The manufacturer shall ensure that the information listed in point 31321 is made available on

a publicly accessible website without costs and without the need for the user to reveal his identity or sign

up The manufacturer shall keep the Commission and Type Approval Authorities informed on the location of

the website

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the

following

Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number as defined in the

Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

The information described below shall be made available for all vehicles in a search

the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 point 39 of Appendix 6 and point

4 of Appendix 7c for all vehicle emission types in the list described in point 54 of Appendix 7 For

NOVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 and if applicable

point 39 of Appendix 6 shall be reported For OVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS test as set out in

point 4 of Appendix 7c shall be reported

the Declared Maximum RDE Values as reported in point 482 of the Certificate of Conformity as

described in Annex IX of Directive 200746EC

Annex IIIA Paragraph 31321

12

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the following Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number Type Approval Number as defined in the Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

ArgumentVIN does not have more information than Type Variant Version and Type approval number

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test

family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described

in point 53 but with a warm engine

Annex IIIA Paragraph 45

13

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described in point 53 but with a warm engine with engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature above 343 K

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods

described in Appendix 7a to this Annex

Annex IIIA Paragraph 541

14

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a and 7b to this Annex

Argument Appendix 7b to be mentioned as well

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

Backup

5

ACEA RDE lessons learned

A number of Lessons Learned issues were raised at the COM workshop on 1718th January 2017

bull Several of these have not been addressed by Package3

bull ACEArsquos review ndash facts amp questions ndash in following slides

Status 052017

6

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Article 2 6

lsquoperiodically regenerating systemrsquo means catalytic converters particulate filters or other pollution control

devices that require a periodical regeneration process in less than 4 000 km of normal vehicle operation

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI 381

Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (eg catalytic converter

particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle

operation

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

7

Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (eg catalytic converter particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle operation

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Annex III 3134

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 12

During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not apply If a periodic regeneration occurs

at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once during vehicle preparation it does not

require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not apply

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure If a periodically regenerating device has a

regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000 km it does not require a special test procedure

and the Ki factor may be set to 10 During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not

apply If a periodic regeneration occurs at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once

during vehicle preparation it does not require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not

apply If a periodically regenerating device has a regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000

km it does not require a special test procedure and the Ki factor may be set to 10

Argument The current wording is somewhat illogical and frequently leads to misunderstandings The proposal

reflects the background to the requirements and maintains the concept that a system which regenerates

periodically (rather than continuously) is a periodically regenerating system but if the regeneration occurs every

cycle it will be considered in testing and requires no KI whereby a regeneration period of more than 4000 km

leads to negligible Ki factors which need not be determined

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text

Annex I Point 241 Figure I24

9

ArgumentRegarding PI vehicles PN requirements of RDE are not applied to mono fuel vehicles whose reference fuel is LPG NGBiomethane or Hydrogen Therefore they should be applied to bi-fuel vehicles and the vehicles should be tested with petrol only Regarding CI vehicles Type I test is conducted with B5B7 only Therefore RDE should be conducted with B5B7 only

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Paragraph 1216

10

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads

eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making

the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation

the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Annex IIIA Paragraph 24 - Renumbered to 25

11

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out comparable to the provision in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Argument Article 7(1) is related only to repair and maintenance information

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

3132 The manufacturer shall ensure that the information listed in point 31321 is made available on

a publicly accessible website without costs and without the need for the user to reveal his identity or sign

up The manufacturer shall keep the Commission and Type Approval Authorities informed on the location of

the website

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the

following

Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number as defined in the

Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

The information described below shall be made available for all vehicles in a search

the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 point 39 of Appendix 6 and point

4 of Appendix 7c for all vehicle emission types in the list described in point 54 of Appendix 7 For

NOVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 and if applicable

point 39 of Appendix 6 shall be reported For OVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS test as set out in

point 4 of Appendix 7c shall be reported

the Declared Maximum RDE Values as reported in point 482 of the Certificate of Conformity as

described in Annex IX of Directive 200746EC

Annex IIIA Paragraph 31321

12

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the following Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number Type Approval Number as defined in the Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

ArgumentVIN does not have more information than Type Variant Version and Type approval number

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test

family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described

in point 53 but with a warm engine

Annex IIIA Paragraph 45

13

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described in point 53 but with a warm engine with engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature above 343 K

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods

described in Appendix 7a to this Annex

Annex IIIA Paragraph 541

14

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a and 7b to this Annex

Argument Appendix 7b to be mentioned as well

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA RDE lessons learned

A number of Lessons Learned issues were raised at the COM workshop on 1718th January 2017

bull Several of these have not been addressed by Package3

bull ACEArsquos review ndash facts amp questions ndash in following slides

Status 052017

6

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Article 2 6

lsquoperiodically regenerating systemrsquo means catalytic converters particulate filters or other pollution control

devices that require a periodical regeneration process in less than 4 000 km of normal vehicle operation

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI 381

Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (eg catalytic converter

particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle

operation

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

7

Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (eg catalytic converter particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle operation

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Annex III 3134

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 12

During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not apply If a periodic regeneration occurs

at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once during vehicle preparation it does not

require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not apply

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure If a periodically regenerating device has a

regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000 km it does not require a special test procedure

and the Ki factor may be set to 10 During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not

apply If a periodic regeneration occurs at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once

during vehicle preparation it does not require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not

apply If a periodically regenerating device has a regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000

km it does not require a special test procedure and the Ki factor may be set to 10

Argument The current wording is somewhat illogical and frequently leads to misunderstandings The proposal

reflects the background to the requirements and maintains the concept that a system which regenerates

periodically (rather than continuously) is a periodically regenerating system but if the regeneration occurs every

cycle it will be considered in testing and requires no KI whereby a regeneration period of more than 4000 km

leads to negligible Ki factors which need not be determined

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text

Annex I Point 241 Figure I24

9

ArgumentRegarding PI vehicles PN requirements of RDE are not applied to mono fuel vehicles whose reference fuel is LPG NGBiomethane or Hydrogen Therefore they should be applied to bi-fuel vehicles and the vehicles should be tested with petrol only Regarding CI vehicles Type I test is conducted with B5B7 only Therefore RDE should be conducted with B5B7 only

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Paragraph 1216

10

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads

eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making

the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation

the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Annex IIIA Paragraph 24 - Renumbered to 25

11

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out comparable to the provision in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Argument Article 7(1) is related only to repair and maintenance information

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

3132 The manufacturer shall ensure that the information listed in point 31321 is made available on

a publicly accessible website without costs and without the need for the user to reveal his identity or sign

up The manufacturer shall keep the Commission and Type Approval Authorities informed on the location of

the website

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the

following

Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number as defined in the

Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

The information described below shall be made available for all vehicles in a search

the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 point 39 of Appendix 6 and point

4 of Appendix 7c for all vehicle emission types in the list described in point 54 of Appendix 7 For

NOVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 and if applicable

point 39 of Appendix 6 shall be reported For OVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS test as set out in

point 4 of Appendix 7c shall be reported

the Declared Maximum RDE Values as reported in point 482 of the Certificate of Conformity as

described in Annex IX of Directive 200746EC

Annex IIIA Paragraph 31321

12

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the following Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number Type Approval Number as defined in the Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

ArgumentVIN does not have more information than Type Variant Version and Type approval number

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test

family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described

in point 53 but with a warm engine

Annex IIIA Paragraph 45

13

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described in point 53 but with a warm engine with engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature above 343 K

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods

described in Appendix 7a to this Annex

Annex IIIA Paragraph 541

14

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a and 7b to this Annex

Argument Appendix 7b to be mentioned as well

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Article 2 6

lsquoperiodically regenerating systemrsquo means catalytic converters particulate filters or other pollution control

devices that require a periodical regeneration process in less than 4 000 km of normal vehicle operation

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI 381

Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (eg catalytic converter

particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle

operation

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

7

Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (eg catalytic converter particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle operation

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Annex III 3134

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 12

During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not apply If a periodic regeneration occurs

at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once during vehicle preparation it does not

require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not apply

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure If a periodically regenerating device has a

regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000 km it does not require a special test procedure

and the Ki factor may be set to 10 During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not

apply If a periodic regeneration occurs at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once

during vehicle preparation it does not require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not

apply If a periodically regenerating device has a regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000

km it does not require a special test procedure and the Ki factor may be set to 10

Argument The current wording is somewhat illogical and frequently leads to misunderstandings The proposal

reflects the background to the requirements and maintains the concept that a system which regenerates

periodically (rather than continuously) is a periodically regenerating system but if the regeneration occurs every

cycle it will be considered in testing and requires no KI whereby a regeneration period of more than 4000 km

leads to negligible Ki factors which need not be determined

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text

Annex I Point 241 Figure I24

9

ArgumentRegarding PI vehicles PN requirements of RDE are not applied to mono fuel vehicles whose reference fuel is LPG NGBiomethane or Hydrogen Therefore they should be applied to bi-fuel vehicles and the vehicles should be tested with petrol only Regarding CI vehicles Type I test is conducted with B5B7 only Therefore RDE should be conducted with B5B7 only

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Paragraph 1216

10

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads

eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making

the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation

the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Annex IIIA Paragraph 24 - Renumbered to 25

11

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out comparable to the provision in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Argument Article 7(1) is related only to repair and maintenance information

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

3132 The manufacturer shall ensure that the information listed in point 31321 is made available on

a publicly accessible website without costs and without the need for the user to reveal his identity or sign

up The manufacturer shall keep the Commission and Type Approval Authorities informed on the location of

the website

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the

following

Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number as defined in the

Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

The information described below shall be made available for all vehicles in a search

the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 point 39 of Appendix 6 and point

4 of Appendix 7c for all vehicle emission types in the list described in point 54 of Appendix 7 For

NOVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 and if applicable

point 39 of Appendix 6 shall be reported For OVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS test as set out in

point 4 of Appendix 7c shall be reported

the Declared Maximum RDE Values as reported in point 482 of the Certificate of Conformity as

described in Annex IX of Directive 200746EC

Annex IIIA Paragraph 31321

12

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the following Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number Type Approval Number as defined in the Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

ArgumentVIN does not have more information than Type Variant Version and Type approval number

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test

family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described

in point 53 but with a warm engine

Annex IIIA Paragraph 45

13

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described in point 53 but with a warm engine with engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature above 343 K

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods

described in Appendix 7a to this Annex

Annex IIIA Paragraph 541

14

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a and 7b to this Annex

Argument Appendix 7b to be mentioned as well

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text 6922008 Annex III 3134

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure

Original text bdquoEU-WLTPldquo Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 12

During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not apply If a periodic regeneration occurs

at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once during vehicle preparation it does not

require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not apply

6922008 Article 2(6) Annex III Para 3134 bdquoEU-WLTPldquoAnnex XXI Para 381 Annex XXI Sub-Annex 6 -Appendix 1 Para 12

For a periodically regenerating device during cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards can be

exceeded If a regeneration of a pollution control device occurs at least once per type 1 test and the device has

already regenerated at least once during vehicle preparation cycle it shall be considered as a continuously

regenerating system which does not require a special test procedure If a periodically regenerating device has a

regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000 km it does not require a special test procedure

and the Ki factor may be set to 10 During cycles where regeneration occurs emission standards need not

apply If a periodic regeneration occurs at least once per Type 1 test and has already occurred at least once

during vehicle preparation it does not require a special test procedure In this case this Appendix does not

apply If a periodically regenerating device has a regeneration period in normal operation of greater than 4000

km it does not require a special test procedure and the Ki factor may be set to 10

Argument The current wording is somewhat illogical and frequently leads to misunderstandings The proposal

reflects the background to the requirements and maintains the concept that a system which regenerates

periodically (rather than continuously) is a periodically regenerating system but if the regeneration occurs every

cycle it will be considered in testing and requires no KI whereby a regeneration period of more than 4000 km

leads to negligible Ki factors which need not be determined

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text

Annex I Point 241 Figure I24

9

ArgumentRegarding PI vehicles PN requirements of RDE are not applied to mono fuel vehicles whose reference fuel is LPG NGBiomethane or Hydrogen Therefore they should be applied to bi-fuel vehicles and the vehicles should be tested with petrol only Regarding CI vehicles Type I test is conducted with B5B7 only Therefore RDE should be conducted with B5B7 only

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Paragraph 1216

10

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads

eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making

the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation

the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Annex IIIA Paragraph 24 - Renumbered to 25

11

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out comparable to the provision in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Argument Article 7(1) is related only to repair and maintenance information

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

3132 The manufacturer shall ensure that the information listed in point 31321 is made available on

a publicly accessible website without costs and without the need for the user to reveal his identity or sign

up The manufacturer shall keep the Commission and Type Approval Authorities informed on the location of

the website

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the

following

Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number as defined in the

Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

The information described below shall be made available for all vehicles in a search

the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 point 39 of Appendix 6 and point

4 of Appendix 7c for all vehicle emission types in the list described in point 54 of Appendix 7 For

NOVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 and if applicable

point 39 of Appendix 6 shall be reported For OVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS test as set out in

point 4 of Appendix 7c shall be reported

the Declared Maximum RDE Values as reported in point 482 of the Certificate of Conformity as

described in Annex IX of Directive 200746EC

Annex IIIA Paragraph 31321

12

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the following Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number Type Approval Number as defined in the Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

ArgumentVIN does not have more information than Type Variant Version and Type approval number

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test

family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described

in point 53 but with a warm engine

Annex IIIA Paragraph 45

13

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described in point 53 but with a warm engine with engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature above 343 K

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods

described in Appendix 7a to this Annex

Annex IIIA Paragraph 541

14

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a and 7b to this Annex

Argument Appendix 7b to be mentioned as well

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text

Annex I Point 241 Figure I24

9

ArgumentRegarding PI vehicles PN requirements of RDE are not applied to mono fuel vehicles whose reference fuel is LPG NGBiomethane or Hydrogen Therefore they should be applied to bi-fuel vehicles and the vehicles should be tested with petrol only Regarding CI vehicles Type I test is conducted with B5B7 only Therefore RDE should be conducted with B5B7 only

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Paragraph 1216

10

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads

eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making

the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation

the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Annex IIIA Paragraph 24 - Renumbered to 25

11

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out comparable to the provision in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Argument Article 7(1) is related only to repair and maintenance information

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

3132 The manufacturer shall ensure that the information listed in point 31321 is made available on

a publicly accessible website without costs and without the need for the user to reveal his identity or sign

up The manufacturer shall keep the Commission and Type Approval Authorities informed on the location of

the website

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the

following

Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number as defined in the

Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

The information described below shall be made available for all vehicles in a search

the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 point 39 of Appendix 6 and point

4 of Appendix 7c for all vehicle emission types in the list described in point 54 of Appendix 7 For

NOVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 and if applicable

point 39 of Appendix 6 shall be reported For OVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS test as set out in

point 4 of Appendix 7c shall be reported

the Declared Maximum RDE Values as reported in point 482 of the Certificate of Conformity as

described in Annex IX of Directive 200746EC

Annex IIIA Paragraph 31321

12

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the following Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number Type Approval Number as defined in the Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

ArgumentVIN does not have more information than Type Variant Version and Type approval number

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test

family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described

in point 53 but with a warm engine

Annex IIIA Paragraph 45

13

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described in point 53 but with a warm engine with engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature above 343 K

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods

described in Appendix 7a to this Annex

Annex IIIA Paragraph 541

14

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a and 7b to this Annex

Argument Appendix 7b to be mentioned as well

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Paragraph 1216

10

ldquoNoiserdquo means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the zero

responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads

eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making

the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation

the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Annex IIIA Paragraph 24 - Renumbered to 25

11

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out comparable to the provision in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Argument Article 7(1) is related only to repair and maintenance information

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

3132 The manufacturer shall ensure that the information listed in point 31321 is made available on

a publicly accessible website without costs and without the need for the user to reveal his identity or sign

up The manufacturer shall keep the Commission and Type Approval Authorities informed on the location of

the website

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the

following

Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number as defined in the

Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

The information described below shall be made available for all vehicles in a search

the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 point 39 of Appendix 6 and point

4 of Appendix 7c for all vehicle emission types in the list described in point 54 of Appendix 7 For

NOVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 and if applicable

point 39 of Appendix 6 shall be reported For OVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS test as set out in

point 4 of Appendix 7c shall be reported

the Declared Maximum RDE Values as reported in point 482 of the Certificate of Conformity as

described in Annex IX of Directive 200746EC

Annex IIIA Paragraph 31321

12

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the following Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number Type Approval Number as defined in the Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

ArgumentVIN does not have more information than Type Variant Version and Type approval number

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test

family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described

in point 53 but with a warm engine

Annex IIIA Paragraph 45

13

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described in point 53 but with a warm engine with engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature above 343 K

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods

described in Appendix 7a to this Annex

Annex IIIA Paragraph 541

14

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a and 7b to this Annex

Argument Appendix 7b to be mentioned as well

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads

eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making

the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation

the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Annex IIIA Paragraph 24 - Renumbered to 25

11

Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads eg by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes granting access to ECU signals and making the necessary administrative arrangements If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out comparable to the provision in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 7152007

Argument Article 7(1) is related only to repair and maintenance information

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

3132 The manufacturer shall ensure that the information listed in point 31321 is made available on

a publicly accessible website without costs and without the need for the user to reveal his identity or sign

up The manufacturer shall keep the Commission and Type Approval Authorities informed on the location of

the website

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the

following

Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number as defined in the

Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

The information described below shall be made available for all vehicles in a search

the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 point 39 of Appendix 6 and point

4 of Appendix 7c for all vehicle emission types in the list described in point 54 of Appendix 7 For

NOVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 and if applicable

point 39 of Appendix 6 shall be reported For OVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS test as set out in

point 4 of Appendix 7c shall be reported

the Declared Maximum RDE Values as reported in point 482 of the Certificate of Conformity as

described in Annex IX of Directive 200746EC

Annex IIIA Paragraph 31321

12

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the following Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number Type Approval Number as defined in the Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

ArgumentVIN does not have more information than Type Variant Version and Type approval number

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test

family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described

in point 53 but with a warm engine

Annex IIIA Paragraph 45

13

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described in point 53 but with a warm engine with engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature above 343 K

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods

described in Appendix 7a to this Annex

Annex IIIA Paragraph 541

14

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a and 7b to this Annex

Argument Appendix 7b to be mentioned as well

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

3132 The manufacturer shall ensure that the information listed in point 31321 is made available on

a publicly accessible website without costs and without the need for the user to reveal his identity or sign

up The manufacturer shall keep the Commission and Type Approval Authorities informed on the location of

the website

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the

following

Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number as defined in the

Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

The information described below shall be made available for all vehicles in a search

the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 point 39 of Appendix 6 and point

4 of Appendix 7c for all vehicle emission types in the list described in point 54 of Appendix 7 For

NOVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS tests as set out in point 63 of Appendix 5 and if applicable

point 39 of Appendix 6 shall be reported For OVC-HEVs the results of the PEMS test as set out in

point 4 of Appendix 7c shall be reported

the Declared Maximum RDE Values as reported in point 482 of the Certificate of Conformity as

described in Annex IX of Directive 200746EC

Annex IIIA Paragraph 31321

12

31321 The website shall allow a wildcard search of the underlying database based on one or more of the following Make Type Variant Version Commercial name or Vehicle Identification Number Type Approval Number as defined in the Certificate of Conformity pursuant to Annex IX to this Regulation

ArgumentVIN does not have more information than Type Variant Version and Type approval number

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test

family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described

in point 53 but with a warm engine

Annex IIIA Paragraph 45

13

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described in point 53 but with a warm engine with engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature above 343 K

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods

described in Appendix 7a to this Annex

Annex IIIA Paragraph 541

14

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a and 7b to this Annex

Argument Appendix 7b to be mentioned as well

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test

family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described

in point 53 but with a warm engine

Annex IIIA Paragraph 45

13

In order to also assess emissions during trips in hot start a certain number of vehicles per PEMS test family specified in point 427 in Appendix 7 shall be tested without conditioning the vehicle as described in point 53 but with a warm engine with engine coolant temperature and engine oil temperature above 343 K

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods

described in Appendix 7a to this Annex

Annex IIIA Paragraph 541

14

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a and 7b to this Annex

Argument Appendix 7b to be mentioned as well

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods

described in Appendix 7a to this Annex

Annex IIIA Paragraph 541

14

The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a and 7b to this Annex

Argument Appendix 7b to be mentioned as well

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for

verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall

be applied For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip and the normality of test conditions are verified in

accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do not apply

Annex IIIA Paragraph 542

15

If the trip results are valid following the verifications in accordance with point 541 the methods for verifying

the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 7a and 7b to this Annex shall be

applied Compliance of the software tool with the provisions laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 shall either be

certified by the tool provider or testified by the type approval authority For OVC-HEVs only the validity of a trip

and the normality of test conditions are verified in accordance with Appendix 7c while Appendices 5 and 6 do

not apply

Argument Correction The software provider should prove compliance with the methods laid down in Appendix 5 or 6 by an

approval authority certificate Compliance of non-certified software tools with the provisions of Appendix 5 or 6 should be testified by the type approval authority conducting or supervising the RDE tests

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Auxiliary systems

The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their

possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road

Annex IIIA Paragraph 551

16

Auxiliary systemsThe air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible typically intended use by a consumer at real driving on the roadMisuse ndash useful wording necessaryThe Use of Auxiliary systems has to be documented

Argument ldquopossiblerdquo would include also an intentionally unreasonable use of such a device Misuse has to be defined Better understanding what happened during the RDE-Trip

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 553

17

Additional modifications on top of the PEMS that changes the aerodynamic is not permitted

ArgumentTo avoid drag variations caused by significant modifications

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Annex IIIA New Paragraph 554

18

It should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns If there are reasonable grounds to challenge a result than verification of biased driving may be based in expert judgements through cross-correlation on several signals which may include exhaust flow rate exhaust temperature CO2 O2 etc in combination with vehicle speed acceleration and GPS data and potentially further vehicle data parameters like engine speed gear accelerator pedal position etc

Argument While it is important that RDE testing includes all valid driving conditions within the specified boundary

conditions it should be avoided that the tested vehicles are driven in a biased manner ie with the intention to generate a passed or failed test not by virtue of the technical performance of the vehicle but due to extreme driving patterns

New text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

The idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum

possible and it shall not exceed 15 s

Annex IIIA Paragraph 76

19

At the beginning of the trip the idling immediately after the first ignition of the combustion engine shall be kept to the minimum possible and it shall not exceed 15 s vehicle stopped

Argument For OVC-HEV the first ignition of combustion engine may occur after several km of trip As the vehicle is still

moved by electric way there is no need to limit the idle period

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year

Annex IIIA Paragraph 82

20

In the case of a PEMS test with a failed result samples of fuel lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be

taken and kept for at least 1 year

After the analysis has been made and stored the samples are not necessary anymore

Argument specifications of the fuel oil and reagent are very important

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant

frequency of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters

are obtained these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters

recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the

requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 32

21

Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured recorded at a constant frequency

of 10 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8 If ECU parameters are

obtained available these should be made available requested at a substantially higher the same frequency

than as the parameters recorded by PEMS The PEMS analysers flow-measuring instruments and sensors

shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data Table 1 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

The available data rate depends on the type and amount of requested data and on the number of answering control units A data rate ldquosubstantially higherldquo than 1Hz may not be possible

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 46

22

The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air at an appropriate

sampling point usually at the inlet of the sampling line The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency

of at least 10 Hz averaged over a period of 2 minutes the final concentration shall be within the

manufacturerrsquos specifications but shall not exceed 5000 particles per cubic-centimetre

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 of the concentration values obtained

from 99 of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the

total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a

factor of two If these requirements are not met the test shall be voided

Annex IIIA Appendix 1 Paragraph 63

23

The used span gas concentration of the analysers as calibrated according to Appendix 1 paragraph 45 of

this Annex shall cover at least 90 of the concentration values obtained from 99 of the measurements of

the valid parts of the emissions test It is permissible that 1 of the total number of measurements used for

evaluation exceeds the used span gas by up to a factor of two If these requirements are not met the test

shall be voided

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 342

24

(f) The values under evaluation and if needed the reference values shall be recorded at a constant

frequency of at least 10 Hz over a period of 30 seconds

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with

an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each

sampling period and before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the

sampling lines

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 424

25

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 of full scale Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval

of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas Before each sampling period and

before each span period sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30

seconds shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement

periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum

calibrated flow

Annex IIIA Appendix 2 Paragraph 725

26

The noise defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations each calculated from the

zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 10 Hz during a period of 30 seconds

shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value Each of the 10 measurement periods shall

be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

27

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 10 Hz the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be

correlated using the best-fit equation having the form

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

New text (RDE 3)

COLD START

Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point when the combustion

engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the cold start period ends

once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the point at which the

combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Paragraph 42

28

COLD START

For RDE purposes only Cold start is the period from the first start of the combustion engine until the point

when the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min If the coolant temperature is determined the

cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 degC) for the first time but no later than the

point at which the combustion engine has run cumulatively for 5 min after initial engine start

Argument This cold start definition is only valid for RDE

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm] 422 Point P2

423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm] 424 Point P3

425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 42

29

42 CO 2 characteristic curve reference pointsThe reference points P1 P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows 421 Point P1

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1vP1 = 19 kmh (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2 vP1 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 12 [gkm]422 Point P2

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1423 vP2 = 566 kmh (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP2 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 11 [gkm]4243 Point P3

Vehicles of categories M1 and N1425 vP3 = 923kmh (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle)Vehicles of categories M2 and N2vP3 = [tbd]MCO 2dP 3 = Vehicle CO 2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle times 105 [gkm]

Revised text

ArgumentThe factors of 12 11 and 105 obviously have been derived from NEDC tests Experience shows that these factors are not necessary anymore for WLTP tests

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

4 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45

kmh and smaller than 80 kmh

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to

80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 5 Paragraph 44

30

] kmh

44 Urban rural and motorway windows

441 Urban windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

442 Rural windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 kmh and smaller than 80 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

443 Motorway windows are characterised by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 kmh and smaller than 145 kmh for vehicles of categories M1 and N1 resp greater than or equal to [tbd] kmh and smaller than [tbd] kmh for vehicles of categories M2 and N2

Argument The calculation has to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Annex IIIA Appendix 6 Paragraph 2 Symbols parameters ampunits

31

i) Time step for instantaneous measurements minimum resolution 1Hz

Argument ACEA recommends to use a fixed frequency of 1 Hz in order to minimize interference with the provisions of

the other Appendices (particularly Appendix 6) and to facilitate post-processing of the data

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

1 INTRODUCTION

Due to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type

with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this

Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types may be

put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of

point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 1

32

1 INTRODUCTIONDue to their particular characteristics PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each ldquovehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance informationrdquo as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation which is called in the following ldquovehicle emission typerdquo Several vehicle emission types with different declared maximum RDE values according to Part I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a ldquoPEMS test familyrdquo according to the requirements of point 3 which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

hellip

() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and

cold conditions

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 428

33

hellip() when there is only one vehicle emission type in a PEMS test family it shall be tested in both hot and orcold condition chosen by the Type Approval Authority

Argument This can make vehicles comply with RDE requirements in both hot and cold conditions and can also reduce

the workload

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a

given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all

corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in

sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Annex IIIA Appendix 7 Paragraph 53

34

The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers types variants and versions as defined in sections 010 and 02 of the vehicles EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well

Argument Not possible to provide all the VIN

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Data pre-processing

hellip

The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph

812

Annex IIIA Appendix 7a Paragraph 811 Renumbered to 31

35

Data pre-processing hellip The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 812

312 and 313

Argument Paragraph 812 renumbered to 312 Calculations are described in paragraph 312 binning is described in paragraph 313

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

All datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 813 Renumbered to 31

36

Binning of the results

After the calculation of ai and (v a)i the values vi di ai and (v a)i shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed

For vehicles of categories M1 and N1 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC Aall datasets with vi le 60 kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with 60 kmh lt vi le 90 kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt 90 kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

For vehicles of categories M2 and N2 as defined in Annex II to Directive 70156EEC all datasets with vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquourbanrsquo speed bin all datasets with [tbd] kmh lt vi le [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquoruralrsquo speed bin and all datasets with vi gt [tbd] kmh belong to the lsquomotorwayrsquo speed bin

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

37

Binning of the results hellip The number of datasets with acceleration values shall be bigger or equal to 100 in each speed bin

Argument Reducing this number makes driving with Cruise Control on motorway possible

Revised text

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

+ve accel counts

Appendix 7a 313 specifies that there need to be gt150 +ve accel counts for

each of the 3 speed bins

We have been finding that typical trips have less counts for Motorway than for

Rural than for Urban just due to the nature of typical real world driving

And have been experiencing difficulty in achieving gt150 counts for Motorway

driving on a number of trips

So having to repeat tests with specific focus on driving more transiently than

the driver would normally do in order to meet this criteria

This has been experienced both with JLR drivers and VCA drivers

Perhaps this is worse in the UK with our 70 mph motorway speed limit as

therefore less delta between 90 kph and 113 kph within which to exercise +ve

acceleration

ACEA did discuss this with Dr Heinz Steven during the 0809Sep workshop in

Brussels and he mentioned that his original proposal was for a minimum

criteria of 100 counts (in order to be able to determine a 95ile value)

And checking with our Certification department confirmed that all of our trips

have achieved gt100 counts of +ve accel during Motorway driving - just falling

short of 150

Therefore we would like to propose that the criteria for the Motorway

speed bin is reduced to a minimum of 100 counts

ACEA Lessons Learned

Open Topics

38

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY 411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

ANNEX IIIa Appendix 7a Paragraph 31

39

411 Verification of vapos_[95] per speed bin (with v in [kmh]) If vk le 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (0136 vk + 1444) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 746 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and (v apos)k [95] gt (00742 vk + 18966) is fulfilled the trip is invalid 412 Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk le 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt (- 00016 vk + 01755) is fulfilled the trip is invalid If vkgt 9405 kmh (M1N1 vehicles) resp vk le [tbd] kmh (M2N2 vehicles) and RPAk lt 0025 is fulfilled the trip is invalid

Argument The calculation needs to consider the splitting of the speed requirements in M1 N1 and M2 N2 vehicles (see

ANNEX IIIa paragraph 63-65) According to that the speed values have to be amended Reasonable values should be evaluated by CLEAR tool experts JRC or TU Graz

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 1 Footnote 2

40

Percentage shall indicate the deviation from the gross vehicle weight according to Paragraph 512 of Annex IIIA

Argument Clarification

Revised text

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned

Original text (3rd column) ECU (appears in several lines of the table)

Annex IIIA Appendix 8 Table 2

41

Revised text(3rd column) ECU (5)

Additional footnote under Table 2 (5) if available

Argument Table 2 contains several values the data source of which is marked as ldquoECUrdquo However the transmission of

most of these values is not (or only optional) requested by the OBD regulation Thus it cannot be anticipated that these values are available from the ECU

Revised text

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

Uncertainties

42

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

ANNEX IIIPart I of Annex IX to Directive 200746EC is amended as follows

bull [abcd] A new point 482 is introduced after point 481 in the side 2 of the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of [M1M2N1N2] vehicles as follows

bull 482 Declared maximum RDE values (if applicable)bull Complete RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellipbull Urban RDE trip NOx helliphellip Particles (number) helliphellip

In case the limit is 1 + margin and if the manufacturer wants to declare 80 mgkm should he declarebull 80 mgkm bull 80 mgkm + margin 120 mgkm (ie 80 + 05 margin = 120)

Annexes to the COM RDE Regulation (TCMV 20 Dec 2016)

43

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44

ACEA Lessons Learned - Uncertainties

bull Confused Road Load Model situation eg Many places in RDE regs use Reg83 RLM

PEMS validation procedure - Appendix 3 Section 322 Power Binning de-normalisation - Appendix 6 Section 341

But other places use GTR15 Moving Averaging Windowing CO2 characteristic curve generation - Appendix 5 Section

41 Power Binning VeLine defnition - Appendix 6 Section 4

However where GTR15 used theres no definition of what RLM to use - TEL TEH value for actual vehicle being RDE tested

It would be better to use only GTR15 and delete the requirement in Appendix 8 which require OEMs to submit Reg83 RL data

Annex IIIA Appendix 3 Section 322 Appendix 6 Section 341VSAppendix 5 Section 41

44